From 006e092a731725387d08e0c1b58f3918b6c73ecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Quigley Date: Sun, 26 Jul 2020 14:57:31 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] Update pot files for updated strings. --- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 10 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 280 ++-- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 177 +-- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- .../po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 265 ++-- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 173 +-- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 ++++-- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 10 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 488 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 307 ++++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 99 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 303 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 123 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 355 ++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 588 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 118 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 692 ++++++++-- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 786 ++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 337 +++-- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 176 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 272 +++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 735 ++++++++--- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 510 ++++++-- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1107 ++++++++++++---- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 127 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 251 +++- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 83 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 157 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 211 ++- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 701 +++++++++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 10 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 106 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 170 ++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 579 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 176 ++- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 197 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 307 ++++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 56 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 248 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 147 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 153 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 118 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 137 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 226 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 114 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 223 +++- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 214 ++- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 996 +++++++++++--- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 402 +++--- source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 41 +- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 78 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 10 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 73 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 190 ++- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 10 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 68 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- .../po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 10 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 62 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 235 ++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 154 +++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 256 ++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 31 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 339 +++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 300 +++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 476 +++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 88 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 235 ++++ .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 31 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 107 ++ .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 277 ++++ .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 472 +++++++ .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 110 ++ .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 564 ++++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 444 +++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 31 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 222 ++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 150 +++ .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 31 + .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 231 ++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 412 ++++++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 309 +++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 600 +++++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 115 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 195 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 81 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po | 31 + .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 181 +++ .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 146 +++ .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 570 ++++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 31 + .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 29 + .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 120 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 137 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 303 +++++ .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 110 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 120 ++ .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 166 +++ .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 264 ++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 90 ++ .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 29 + .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 76 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 144 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 178 +++ .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 151 +++ .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 147 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 111 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 121 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 127 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 81 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 148 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 127 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 109 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 93 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 101 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 132 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 92 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 82 ++ .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 133 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 85 ++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 32 + .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 31 + .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 141 ++ source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 293 +++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 184 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 31 + .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 546 ++++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 163 +++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 119 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 176 +++ .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 60 + .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 31 + .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 100 ++ .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 131 ++ source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 95 ++ .../po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 83 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 449 +++++++ .../weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 336 +++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 96 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- .../po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po | 288 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po | 179 ++- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po | 381 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po | 16 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po | 500 +++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po | 319 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po | 715 ++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po | 102 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po | 312 ++++- .../2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po | 14 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po | 135 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po | 371 +++++- .../2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po | 617 +++++++-- .../2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po | 126 +- .../2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po | 745 +++++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po | 850 +++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po | 12 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po | 360 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po | 166 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po | 190 ++- .../2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po | 14 +- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po | 286 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po | 761 ++++++++--- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po | 544 ++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po | 1154 +++++++++++++---- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po | 135 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po | 39 + .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po | 257 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po | 96 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po | 47 + .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po | 165 ++- .../2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po | 215 ++- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po | 705 +++++++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po | 11 +- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po | 13 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po | 118 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po | 208 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po | 582 +++++++-- .../3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po | 97 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po | 178 ++- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po | 309 ++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po | 62 +- .../3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po | 92 ++ .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po | 9 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po | 68 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po | 232 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po | 347 +++-- .../3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po | 199 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po | 250 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po | 143 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po | 155 ++- .../3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po | 221 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po | 89 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po | 222 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po | 148 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po | 122 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po | 141 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po | 228 +++- .../3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po | 120 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po | 122 +- .../3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po | 225 +++- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po | 78 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po | 19 +- .../3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po | 18 +- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po | 216 ++- source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po | 424 +++++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po | 246 +++- .../LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po | 78 ++ ...stalling_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po | 18 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po | 998 +++++++++++--- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po | 150 ++- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po | 167 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po | 197 ++- .../5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po | 80 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po | 19 +- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po | 105 +- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po | 168 +++ .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po | 139 +- source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po | 411 +++--- .../po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po | 66 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po | 316 +++-- .../zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po | 246 ++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po | 80 ++ source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 52 +- 3269 files changed, 622168 insertions(+), 138930 deletions(-) create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po create mode 100644 source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index e0ea843f..454d9eef 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henrik Christiansen \n" "Language: da\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,66 +28,32 @@ msgstr "Kapitel 1.1 Hent installation image" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -97,7 +63,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -105,64 +71,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -171,42 +137,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -216,7 +170,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -225,13 +179,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -240,38 +194,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -318,3 +276,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 0dce11fa..45111d54 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henrik Christiansen \n" "Language: da\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Kapitel 1: Installer Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Dette kapitel viser dig hvordan Lubuntu installeres på din computer." diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 398a8bd8..6df04fd7 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: F. Lamy \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,68 +28,19 @@ msgstr "Kapitel 1.1 Erlangen der Image-Datei" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie Lubuntu installieren, müssen Sie die korrekte Image-Datei " -"herunterladen. Lubuntu unterstützt mehrere verschiedene CPU-Typen und " -"Architekturen, mit einer neuen Version alle sechs Monate (Unterstützung " -"für neun Monate) und alle zwei Jahre mit einer Langzeitunterstützung " -"(Unterstützung für drei Jahre)." #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Prozessorachitekturen" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 64-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 32-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Die amd64 Image-Datei ist mit den meisten modernen Prozessoren " -"kompatibel. Der beste Weg um herauszufinden ob Ihr Computer einen amd64 " -"oder i386 Prozessor hat, ist die entsprechende Image-Datei zu booten. Das" -" ist der einzige Weg um wirklich sicher zu wissen, welche " -"Prozessorarchitektur ihr Computer besitzt. Amd64-Computer sind " -"abwärtskompatibel mit i386-Imagedateien. Falls Sie einen Computer mit " -"einem amd64 Prozessor mit sehr wenig RAM haben, empfiehlt es sich eine " -"i386 Image-Datei zu verwenden." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Auf Computern mit sehr wenig RAM und geringer Prozessorleistung, wird die" -" ursprüngliche 32-Bit Architektur am besten funktionieren." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS gegenüber regelmäßigen Veröffentlichungen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -97,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu bietet zwei Arten von Versionen an. Die Version mit " "Langzeitunterstützung (engl. \"Long Term Support\", kurz \"LTS\"), welche" @@ -112,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" " derzeitig unterstützten Lubuntu Versionen die \"LXDE\" Desktop-Umgebung," " das die traditionelle Lubuntu Erfahrung widerspiegelt." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -126,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "regelmäßigen Versionen (engl. \"regular releases\") oder " "Übergangsversionen (engl. \"interim releases\") an." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -138,11 +89,11 @@ msgstr "" "veröffentlicht wird.** Falls das von Ihnen nicht gewünscht ist, sollten " "Sie die LTS-Version in Erwägung ziehen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Möglichkeiten die Image-Datei herunterzuladen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -150,15 +101,15 @@ msgstr "" "Jetzt, nachdem die Entscheidung welche Prozessorarchitektur und Version " "Sie benötigen, gefallen ist, müssen Sie die Image-Datei herunterladen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Es gibt einige Möglichkeiten die Lubuntu Image-Datei herunterzuladen:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "HTTP Download (via Webbrowser oder aus dem Terminal)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -166,11 +117,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (durch einen BitTorrent Programm, wie beispielsweise " "Transmission. Empfohlen für Windows- und macOS-Nutzer)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (via Terminal, empfohlen für Linux-Nutzer)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -178,11 +129,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können die Image-Datei auch via Jigdo herunterladen, dies wird aber " "kein Bestandteil dieser Anleitung sein." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -192,17 +144,17 @@ msgstr "" "`cdimage.ubuntu.com `_. Diese hat die" " entsprechenden Dateien aufgelistet." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" "Unten stehend finden Sie weitere detaillierte Hinweise zu den einzelnen " "Download-Möglichkeiten." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -211,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Wir empfehlen diese Methode nicht, da sie meist langsamer und weniger " "effizient ist, als andere Methoden.*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -225,42 +177,30 @@ msgstr "" "Sie Ihre Image-Datei prüfen, finden Sie im `Ubuntu Community Hilfe Wiki " "unter `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -275,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bandbreite. Falls Sie mehr über BitTorrent erfahren möchten, schauen Sie " "auf `diese Wikipediaseite `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " @@ -290,15 +230,16 @@ msgstr "" " Da Transmission nur für Linux und macOS zur Verfügung steht, empfehlen " "wir Windows-Nutzern `uTorrent `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "Die BitTorrent-Links finden Sie auf unserer Downloadseite oder unter " "cdimage.ubuntu.com. Beide haben wir bereits oben verlinkt." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -313,24 +254,24 @@ msgstr "" " Das hilft dabei Kosten für die Bandbreite zu reduzieren und die " "Download-Orte weiter zu dezentralisieren." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" "Zsync ist ein praktisches Programm, dass die Prüfsumme automatisch " "verifiziert, wenn die Image-Datei geladen wurde. The Lubuntu team uses " "this to download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta " "since the last image was spun." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -339,16 +280,17 @@ msgstr "" " um ein Linux-Programm handelt, können Sie es aus der Paketquelle der " "Distribution beziehen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Falls Sie Debian oder Ubuntu benutzen (oder eine Distribution, die auf " "darauf basiert), können Sie das folgende Kommando in den Terminal " "eingeben:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " @@ -358,7 +300,12 @@ msgstr "" "gleich funktioniert und auf allen Linux Distributionen funktionieren " "sollte:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -372,3 +319,112 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bevor Sie Lubuntu installieren, müssen " +#~ "Sie die korrekte Image-Datei " +#~ "herunterladen. Lubuntu unterstützt mehrere " +#~ "verschiedene CPU-Typen und Architekturen, " +#~ "mit einer neuen Version alle sechs " +#~ "Monate (Unterstützung für neun Monate) " +#~ "und alle zwei Jahre mit einer " +#~ "Langzeitunterstützung (Unterstützung für drei " +#~ "Jahre)." + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Prozessorachitekturen" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 64-bit)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 32-bit)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die amd64 Image-Datei ist mit den" +#~ " meisten modernen Prozessoren kompatibel. " +#~ "Der beste Weg um herauszufinden ob " +#~ "Ihr Computer einen amd64 oder i386 " +#~ "Prozessor hat, ist die entsprechende " +#~ "Image-Datei zu booten. Das ist der" +#~ " einzige Weg um wirklich sicher zu" +#~ " wissen, welche Prozessorarchitektur ihr " +#~ "Computer besitzt. Amd64-Computer sind " +#~ "abwärtskompatibel mit i386-Imagedateien. Falls " +#~ "Sie einen Computer mit einem amd64 " +#~ "Prozessor mit sehr wenig RAM haben, " +#~ "empfiehlt es sich eine i386 Image-" +#~ "Datei zu verwenden." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auf Computern mit sehr wenig RAM " +#~ "und geringer Prozessorleistung, wird die " +#~ "ursprüngliche 32-Bit Architektur am besten " +#~ "funktionieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 3a2e502b..f386881c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: F. Lamy \n" -"Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" +"Language-Team: German " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Kapitel 1.2 Die Image-Datei booten" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -39,107 +39,113 @@ msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Dies erfordert zusätzliche Recherche, da dies stark von Ihrer verwendeten " -"Hardware abhängt.**" +"**Dies erfordert zusätzliche Recherche, da dies stark von Ihrer " +"verwendeten Hardware abhängt.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Datenträger" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -"Um die Image-Datei booten zu können, müssen Sie sie irgendwo ablegen. Sie " -"haben drei Möglichkeiten, abhängig davon welche Image-Datei Sie geladen " +"Um die Image-Datei booten zu können, müssen Sie sie irgendwo ablegen. Sie" +" haben drei Möglichkeiten, abhängig davon welche Image-Datei Sie geladen " "haben:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "eine DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "ein USB-Stick (2 GB oder größer)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "Brennen der Image-Datei" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -"Hier sind einige gängige Programme zum brennen von Image-Dateien auf CDs/" -"DVDs:" +"Hier sind einige gängige Programme zum brennen von Image-Dateien auf " +"CDs/DVDs:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "Windows Disc Image Burner" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "InfraRecorder" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -"Leider würde die Anleitung, wie man Image-Dateien auf CDs bzw. DVDs brennt, " -"den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Die Ubuntu Webseite bietet " -"allerdings viele Hilfestellungen zu diesem Thema. Diese möchten wir Ihnen " -"nahelegen, falls Sie planen die Image-Datei auf einen Datenträger zu brennen." +"Leider würde die Anleitung, wie man Image-Dateien auf CDs bzw. DVDs " +"brennt, den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Die Ubuntu " +"Webseite bietet allerdings viele Hilfestellungen zu diesem Thema. Diese " +"möchten wir Ihnen nahelegen, falls Sie planen die Image-Datei auf einen " +"Datenträger zu brennen." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "Hilfestellungen von der Ubuntu Webseite:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter Ubuntu brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter Ubuntu brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter Windows brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter Windows brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter macOS brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter macOS brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -"Um Image-Dateien unter Linux auf einen USB-Stick zu schreiben, empfehlen wir " -"`mkusb `_. Dieses Programm wurde " -"von einem Lubuntu-Mitglied entwickelt." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" @@ -148,43 +154,66 @@ msgstr "" "würde den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Aber auch hier " "stellt Ihnen die Ubuntu Webseite einige Hilfestellungen zur Verfügung:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" "`Wie man einen boot-fähigen USB Stick unter Windows erstellt " "`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" "`Wie man einen boot-fähigen USB Stick unter macOS erstellt " "`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "Die Image-Datei booten" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der boot-fähige Datenträger eingelegt oder " "eingesteckt ist und starten Sie den Computer neu. Je nachdem wie Ihr " -"Computer konfiguriert ist, wird er direkt vom Datenträger booten oder Sie " -"müssen während des Startvorgangs eine Taste drücken um in die boot-" -"Einstellungen zu gelangen. Dies variiert, sodass Ihr Computerhandbuch Ihnen " -"sicherlich Aufschluss geben kann." +"Computer konfiguriert ist, wird er direkt vom Datenträger booten oder Sie" +" müssen während des Startvorgangs eine Taste drücken um in die boot-" +"Einstellungen zu gelangen. Dies variiert, sodass Ihr Computerhandbuch " +"Ihnen sicherlich Aufschluss geben kann." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" "**Sie haben die Image-Datei gebootet. Bitte fahren Sie mit Kapitel 1.3. " "fort**" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um Image-Dateien unter Linux auf " +#~ "einen USB-Stick zu schreiben, empfehlen" +#~ " wir `mkusb " +#~ "`_. Dieses " +#~ "Programm wurde von einem Lubuntu-" +#~ "Mitglied entwickelt." + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 177f546e..e89dbbbc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,62 +28,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Arquitecturas" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (comúnmente conocido como 64 bits)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (comúnmente denominado 32 bits)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"La imagen amd64 funcionará con la mayoría de los procesadores modernos. " -"La mejor manera de determinar si su ordenador tiene un procesador amd64 o" -" i386 es arrancar la imagen. Es la única forma de saber con seguridad qué" -" arquitectura tiene su computadora. Los ordenadores amd64 son compatibles" -" con versiones anteriores de imágenes i386. Es posible que desee utilizar" -" una imagen i386 en su lugar si tiene un procesador amd64 con cantidades " -"muy bajas de RAM." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Esta es la arquitectura original de 32 bits que funcionará mejor en " -"computadoras con cantidades muy bajas de RAM y potencia de procesamiento." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS vs Lanzamientos regulares" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -91,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu ofrece dos tipos de versiones. La versión de **Soporte a Largo " "Plazo** (también llamada LTS), es la más recomendada para los usuarios. " @@ -106,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "usan el entorno de escritorio **LXDE**, el cual es la experiencia " "tradicional de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -123,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usuarios de los lanzamientos regulares son típicamente entusiastas, y son" " algo mas expertos buscando por una experiencia más fresca." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -134,11 +91,11 @@ msgstr "" "lanzamiento nuevo luego de ser anunciado.** Si no te parece cómodo hacer " "esto, deberías considerar usar la versión LTS." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Maneras de descargar la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -146,15 +103,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que se ha tomado la decisión de qué arquitectura y tipo de versión " "necesita, deberá descargar la imagen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Hay varias formas de descargar la imagen de Lubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "Descarga HTTP (desde su navegador web o terminal)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -162,11 +119,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (desde un cliente BitTorrent, tal como Transmission, " "recomendado para usuarios de Windows y macOS)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (desde la terminal, recomendado para usuarios de Linux)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -174,11 +131,12 @@ msgstr "" "También puedes descargar la imágen mediante Jigdo, pero no cubriremos esa" " opción en este manual." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -188,15 +146,15 @@ msgstr "" "necesitarás visitar `cdimage.ubuntu.com " "`_, la cual tiene los archivos." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "Debajo podrás encontrar notas más detalladas para cada método de descarga." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -205,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "*No recomendamos usar este método ya que suele ser más lento y menos " "eficiente que los otros métodos.*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -219,42 +177,30 @@ msgstr "" "`_ que puede guiarte " "en la dirección correcta." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -269,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "vistazo la página de `Wikipedia sobre el tema " "`_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " @@ -283,15 +229,16 @@ msgstr "" "abierto. Ya que Transmission solo provee clientes para Linux y macOS " "recomendamos μTorrent para usuarios de Windows." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "Los links para BitTorrent pueden ser encontrados en nuestra página de " "Descargas o cdimage.ubuntu.com, ambos colocados arriba." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -306,22 +253,23 @@ msgstr "" "costos de banda ancha incluso más al descentralizar la ubicación de " "descarga para otros usuarios." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" "zsync es una aplicación conveniente que verificará automaticamente el " "checksum de la imágen luego de haber sido descargada. El equipo de " "Lubuntu usa este método para descargar imágenes diarias." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -329,15 +277,16 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar zsync, deberás instalarlo. Ya que esto solo funciona en Linux, " "lo podrás obtener desde el repositorios de paquetes de tu distribución." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Si estás usando Debian o Ubuntu (o una distribución basada de cualquiera " "de los dos), corre los siguientes comandos en una terminal:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " @@ -347,7 +296,12 @@ msgstr "" " cual debería funcionar de la misma manera y en todas las distribuciones " "de Linux:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -361,3 +315,102 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Arquitecturas" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (comúnmente conocido como 64 bits)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (comúnmente denominado 32 bits)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La imagen amd64 funcionará con la " +#~ "mayoría de los procesadores modernos. La" +#~ " mejor manera de determinar si su " +#~ "ordenador tiene un procesador amd64 o" +#~ " i386 es arrancar la imagen. Es " +#~ "la única forma de saber con " +#~ "seguridad qué arquitectura tiene su " +#~ "computadora. Los ordenadores amd64 son " +#~ "compatibles con versiones anteriores de " +#~ "imágenes i386. Es posible que desee " +#~ "utilizar una imagen i386 en su " +#~ "lugar si tiene un procesador amd64 " +#~ "con cantidades muy bajas de RAM." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta es la arquitectura original de " +#~ "32 bits que funcionará mejor en " +#~ "computadoras con cantidades muy bajas de" +#~ " RAM y potencia de procesamiento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index b1377b37..c2009ece 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 09:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" -"Language-Team: Spanish \n" "Language: es\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Capítulo 1.2 Arrancando la imagen" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -31,146 +31,157 @@ msgid "" "Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " "device and boot the image for installation." msgstr "" -"Ahora que usted tiene el archivo ISO, debe poner la imagen en un dispositivo " -"multimedia y arrancar la imagen para la instalación." +"Ahora que usted tiene el archivo ISO, debe poner la imagen en un " +"dispositivo multimedia y arrancar la imagen para la instalación." #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Esto requiere ser investigado de su parte, ya que esto varia dependiendo " -"de su hardware.**" +"**Esto requiere ser investigado de su parte, ya que esto varia " +"dependiendo de su hardware.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Eligiendo el medio" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" "Para poder arrancar la imagen, la debe poner en algun lugar. Tiene tres " "opciones, dependiendo de la imagen que ha descargado:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "un DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "un USB (2 GB o más)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "Escribir/quemar la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "Aquí hay algunas herramientas comunes para grabar imagenes a CDs/DVDs:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "Windows Disc Image Burner" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "InfraRecorder" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -"Lamentablemente, grabar imágenes a CDs o DVDs esta fuera del alcance de este " -"manual. El sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías con respecto a este tema, " -"y recomendamos que las leas si planeas hacer esto." +"Lamentablemente, grabar imágenes a CDs o DVDs esta fuera del alcance de " +"este manual. El sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías con respecto a " +"este tema, y recomendamos que las leas si planeas hacer esto." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "Guías del sitio web de Ubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -"`Como quemar un DVD en Ubuntu `_" +"`Como quemar un DVD en Ubuntu " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -"`Como quemar un DVD en Windows `_" +"`Como quemar un DVD en Windows " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -"`Como grabar un DVD en macOS `_" +"`Como grabar un DVD en macOS " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -"Para escribir imágenes a unidades USB en Linux, recomendamos `mkusb " -"`_, una herramienta desarrollada " -"por un miembro del equipo de Ubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" "Escribir imágenes en unidades USB desde macOS o Windows esta fuera del " -"alcance de este libro, pero el sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías sobre " -"esto:" +"alcance de este libro, pero el sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías " +"sobre esto:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Como crear un USB de arranque en Windows `_" +"`Como crear un USB de arranque en Windows " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Como crear un USB de arranque en macOS `_" +"`Como crear un USB de arranque en macOS " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "Arrancando la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" "Con su medio insertado, arranque su computadora. Dependiendo de su " "configuración de hardware, puede arrancar en la imagen sin hacer nada, o " @@ -178,6 +189,22 @@ msgstr "" "opciones de arranque. Esto varia pero ver documentación específica a su " "hardware probablemente tenga la respuesta." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "**Ha arrancado desde la imagen. Por favor continúe al capitulo 1.3.**" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para escribir imágenes a unidades USB" +#~ " en Linux, recomendamos `mkusb " +#~ "`_, una " +#~ "herramienta desarrollada por un miembro " +#~ "del equipo de Ubuntu." + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index 6203394b..dea404f5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "Capítulo 1.3 Instalación" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -36,26 +36,37 @@ msgstr "Comenzando el instalador" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -65,9 +76,14 @@ msgstr "Seleccionando su ubicación" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -78,10 +94,10 @@ msgstr "Seleccionando el modelo de su teclado" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -90,10 +106,16 @@ msgstr "Estableciendo las particiones" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -105,95 +127,147 @@ msgstr "" "Borrar tu disco duro o partición puede causar perdida de información, por" " favor respalda tus archivos importantes antes de hacerlo." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" +msgstr "" +"Si has previamente tenido una instalación de Linux y quieres usar todo el" +" disco duro o reemplazar una partición entera necesitarás desmontarlas. " +"En este subcaso usando `sudo swapoff -a` las desmontará y también " +"cualquier partición con pcmanfm-qt." + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 msgid "User Setup" msgstr "Configuración de Usuario" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 msgid "The Install" msgstr "La instalación" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" "La instalación mostrará una barra cargando mientras el instalador escribe" " sobre la partición e instalar Lubuntu. Una vez que Lubuntu esté " "instalado tendrás la opción de reiniciar luego de haber instalado " "Lubuntu, y ahora estará terminada la instalación." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 #, fuzzy -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "Particionado manual" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " +"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " +"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " +"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -"Si has previamente tenido una instalación de Linux y quieres usar todo el" -" disco duro o reemplazar una partición entera necesitarás desmontarlas. " -"En este subcaso usando `sudo swapoff -a` las desmontará y también " -"cualquier partición con pcmanfm-qt." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Manual partitioning" -msgstr "Particionado manual" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 msgid "" -"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " -"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " -"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " -"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -439,3 +513,152 @@ msgstr "" #~ "presionar el botón instalar todo luego" #~ " de haber confirmado el diálogo." +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "Particionado manual" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 702dd09c..9bd188d7 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Capítulo 1: Instalando Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Este capítulo le mostrará cómo instalar Lubuntu en su ordenador." diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index f400cd49..f813cb42 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "Firefox tiene características de otros navegadores y las suyas, como:" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "Navegación de pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -86,157 +87,248 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Uso/Capturas de pantalla" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" "Lubuntu actualmente trae consigo la última versión de Firefox, Firefox " "Quantum." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " @@ -247,9 +339,217 @@ msgstr "" "rojo/naranja cubriendo una esfera azul) en el menú de Lubuntu. También " "puedes tipear y correr `firefox` en la terminal para abrir el navegador." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 72bc3433..aa3dc34c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -28,51 +28,49 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1.2 Qtransmission" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 #, fuzzy -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "Qtransmission es un cliente BitTorrent." #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "Lubuntu contiene la version 2.94 de Qtransmission." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -80,10 +78,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -103,31 +120,247 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "Lubuntu contiene la version 2.94 de Qtransmission." + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar Qtransmission vaya a menú -> Internet -> Cliente Bittorrent " "Qtransmission o use la terminal de comandos para correrlo." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index 6498e5c5..ccbaafbb 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -28,47 +28,94 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1.4 Bluedevil" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Bluedevil es la aplicación estándar para dispositivos bluetooth en " "Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 5.13.5 de Bluedevil." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 5.13.5 de Bluedevil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 60bbd184..75222159 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -31,34 +31,26 @@ msgstr "Trojita es el cliente por defecto de correo electrónico IMAP de Lubuntu #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7-0 de Trojita." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -77,92 +69,307 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7-0 de Trojita." + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar Trojita, utilice el menú -> Internet -> Trojita con el icono " "que parece un sobre o corra Trojita desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 55d2198e..8f721fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1 Aplicaciones de Internet" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index f43ffd04..f696b20a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,78 +19,141 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.1 LibreOffice" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" "LibreOffice es un conjunto entero de office a código abierto. En el menú " "hay atajos para las diferentes aplicaciones de LibreOffice y sus archivos" " recientemente usados." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" -"Para abrir un archivo recientemente usado en LibreOffice se mostrarán en " -"la parte principal de la ventana. Para abrir un programa o crear un " -"archivo encontrarás estás opciones en la parte izquierda de la columna." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.2.1 de LibreOffice." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" "Desde el menú -> Office -> LibreOffice para lanzar LibreOffice o corra " "libreoffice desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para abrir un archivo recientemente " +#~ "usado en LibreOffice se mostrarán en " +#~ "la parte principal de la ventana. " +#~ "Para abrir un programa o crear un" +#~ " archivo encontrarás estás opciones en " +#~ "la parte izquierda de la columna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index caa9af14..f1910f70 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,20 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" "LibreOffice Calc es un programa de hojas de cálculo incluido por defecto " "en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -40,65 +42,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -106,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -114,14 +165,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -129,42 +182,234 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Calc." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar LibreOffice Calc en el menú vaya a Office -> LibreOffice Calc" " o corra localc desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index cc63728c..adf8a42e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "LibreOffice Impress es un programa para mostrar presentaciones." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -34,39 +36,42 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "Temas pre hechos" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "Verificación de deletrado" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +#, fuzzy +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "Exportación PDF" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -"Cuando abres LibreOffice Impress aparecerá un diálogo para seleccionar " -"una plantilla, selecciona la que quieras usar haciendo clic izquierdo y " -"luego clic en abrir. Para añadir un título a una sección haz clic en " -"donde dice añadir título." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" @@ -76,14 +81,14 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" "Para abrir una presentación previa en la que has estado trabajando " "presiona el botón que parece una carpeta con una hoja de papel dentro y " "navega hacia el archivo que quieres y abrelo. Para guardar tu " "presentación presiona el botón que parece un disquete." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -93,13 +98,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -109,9 +115,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -120,15 +126,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -138,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -148,20 +157,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -173,14 +184,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -190,63 +227,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -255,54 +366,343 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Impress." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar ve al menú -> Office -> LibreOffice Impress o corre loimpress" " desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando abres LibreOffice Impress aparecerá " +#~ "un diálogo para seleccionar una " +#~ "plantilla, selecciona la que quieras " +#~ "usar haciendo clic izquierdo y luego " +#~ "clic en abrir. Para añadir un " +#~ "título a una sección haz clic en" +#~ " donde dice añadir título." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index d4c0cd46..4e2055cc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,48 +19,51 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -72,20 +75,81 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Math." + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar LibreOffice Math en el menú -> Oficina-> LibreOffice Math o " "corra lomath desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index 459f3b8a..9a86ac88 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" "LibreOffice Writer es una aplicación de procesamiento de palabras que " "esta por defecto incluida en Lubuntu." @@ -38,41 +38,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +#, fuzzy +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "Sin cinta" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +#, fuzzy +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "Exportación PDF" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "Varios tipos de formato para exportar" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "Verificación de deletreado" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "Contador de palabras" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version LibreOffice Writer 6.1.1.2" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -80,11 +78,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" "Para usar LibreOffice Writer escribe lo que deseas escribir en la parte " "principal de la venta. Si deseas grabar tus cambios presiona el icono que" @@ -95,9 +94,9 @@ msgstr "" "parece una hoja de papel curvada con líneas rojas o vaya a Archivos -> " "Exportar y seleccione el tipo de archivo como PDF." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -121,21 +120,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -143,34 +198,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -178,69 +252,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -250,40 +348,243 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version LibreOffice Writer 6.1.1.2" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar vaya al menú -> Oficina -> LibreOffice Writer o corra " "lowriter desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -329,3 +630,198 @@ msgstr "" #~ "imprimir, o presiona Ctrl + P o" #~ " Archivos -> Imprimir." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 8cc3778a..483b7558 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,106 +19,127 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.6 qpdfview" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "qpdfview es el visor PDF por defecto de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "Modo de presentación" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "Zoom a la página entera" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "Rotar páginas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "Contorno, propiedades, imagen miniatura y marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "Soporte de impresión" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "Anotación y destaque" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Atajos de teclado personalizables" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." msgstr "" "Si quieres ver una pagina en particular selecciona la caja (por ejemplo " "página 1/3) y escribe el numero de la pagina (por ejemplo página 3/3). " @@ -127,215 +148,310 @@ msgstr "" "porcentaje, anchura de página, tamaño de página, continuo y múltiples " "páginas." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." " If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.4.17 de qpdfview." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" @@ -344,8 +460,10 @@ msgstr "" "Para lanzar qpdfview ve al menu -> Office -> qpdfview o corre qpdfview en" " la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -391,3 +509,357 @@ msgstr "" #~ " útil para navegar PDFs con mucho " #~ "contenido." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index ca6fa196..03aa7666 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.2 Aplicaciones Office" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index a509e19e..7e97cee5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,61 +19,66 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "Capítulo 2.3.1 lximage" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "Lximage es el visor de imágenes por defecto en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" -"Para usar lximage use la flecha a la derecha para ver el siguiente " -"archivo en la carpeta y la flecha a la izquierda para ver la carpeta " -"anterior. Para abrir una nueva imagen presione el botón de abrir que " -"parece una carpeta azul con una hoja de papel en ella. Para guardar el " -"archivo como algo, presione el botón que parece un disquete." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" "Si deseas imprimir una imagen luego de verla, desde el menú de Archivos " "-> Imprimir, o presione Ctrl + P para mostrar el diálogo de impresión." @@ -81,13 +86,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" "Para rotar la imagen a la derecha presione la flecha circular que apunta " "hacia la derecha o vaya a Editar -> Rotar hacia la derecha. Para rotar " @@ -99,92 +106,274 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7.0 de lximage." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar lximage desde el menú -> Gráficos -> lximage o corra lximage-" "qt desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para usar lximage use la flecha a" +#~ " la derecha para ver el siguiente " +#~ "archivo en la carpeta y la flecha" +#~ " a la izquierda para ver la " +#~ "carpeta anterior. Para abrir una nueva" +#~ " imagen presione el botón de abrir" +#~ " que parece una carpeta azul con " +#~ "una hoja de papel en ella. Para" +#~ " guardar el archivo como algo, " +#~ "presione el botón que parece un " +#~ "disquete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 1a1e7fa9..5f453096 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -27,53 +27,47 @@ msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "Capítulo 2.3.4 Skanlite" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "Skanlite es una aplicación de escanear." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 2.1.0 de Skanlite." - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " @@ -84,17 +78,16 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacer zoom presiona el botón con la lupa y signo +, inversamente si " "quieres alejar el zoom usa el botón con la lupa y signo -." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -104,27 +97,69 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 2.1.0 de Skanlite." + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" "Para comenzar a usar Skanlite encienda su escáner y que esté conectado a " "su ordenador. Para lanzar la aplicación vaya al menú -> Gráficos -> " "Skanlite o corra Skanlite desde la linea de comandos." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -148,3 +183,66 @@ msgstr "" #~ " esto, un dialogo aparecerá preguntando " #~ "si quieres guardar ese escaneo." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index a55a1cda..deb72c10 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.3 Aplicaciones Gráficas" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 6dd9294e..2e9f6f5a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.1 ARK" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" "ARK es un programa de utilidad para manejo de archivos. Puede ser usado " "para ver, comprimir y descomprimir archivos." @@ -42,91 +43,199 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "Archivos 7-Zip" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "Archivos Java" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "Archivos Tar" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "Archivos Tar comprimidos con bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compreso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" -msgstr "Archivos Zip" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zip Archives" +msgstr "Archivos 7-Zip" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 4:18.04.3 de ARK." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -157,3 +266,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " Accesorios -> ARK o corra ark " #~ "en la línea de comandos." +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "Archivos Zip" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index 4e92cfd0..db75794a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,269 +19,410 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.2 Featherpad" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "Featherpad es un editor de texto liviano." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "Soporta:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "Resaltado de sintáxis" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "Autoindentación" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "Autobracket" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "Número de líneas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "Buscar con encontrar/reemplazar" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "Deshacer y rehacer" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "Uso" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 #, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." msgstr "" -"Si deseas abrir un archivo de texto presiona el botón que parece una " -"carpeta de color blanco y negro o presiona Ctrl + O para abrir un " -"archivo. Para abrir un archivo nuevo presiona el botón que parece una " -"hoja de papel con un símbolo +. Para guardar su archivo luego de haber " -"escrito algo, presione el botón que parece un disquete o presione Ctrl + " -"S." - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 0.9.0 de Featherpad." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" "En el menú vaya a Accesorios -> Featherpad o corre featherpad desde la " "linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +459,305 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Screenshot" #~ msgstr "Captura de pantalla" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si deseas abrir un archivo de " +#~ "texto presiona el botón que parece " +#~ "una carpeta de color blanco y " +#~ "negro o presiona Ctrl + O para " +#~ "abrir un archivo. Para abrir un " +#~ "archivo nuevo presiona el botón que " +#~ "parece una hoja de papel con un" +#~ " símbolo +. Para guardar su archivo" +#~ " luego de haber escrito algo, " +#~ "presione el botón que parece un " +#~ "disquete o presione Ctrl + S." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 6484e204..8a1bbcf5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.3 Kcalc" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#, fuzzy +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "Kcalc es una aplicación de calculadora científica." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -34,36 +36,45 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "Funciones trigonométricas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "Factoriales" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "Constantes científicas incorporadas." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Memory" msgstr "Memoria" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "Copiado y pegado" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -71,38 +82,40 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "Kcalc es una aplicación de calculadora científica." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -112,141 +125,202 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 18.04.3 de Kcalc." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 #, fuzzy -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" "Para comenzar a usar Kcalc vaya a Accesorios -> Kcalc o corra kcalc desde" " la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -270,3 +344,227 @@ msgstr "" #~ " ver el resultado presiona el botón" #~ " =." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 9663e036..33d5b6bf 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,10 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -31,47 +32,51 @@ msgstr "Descripción" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) es una aplicación de organización de " -"archivos en Qt de la versión original desarrollada por Hong Jen Yee de " -"Taiwán la cual está hecha para ser un reemplazo de Nautilus, Konqueror y " -"Thunar." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "Lugares con media removible" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" +msgstr "Lugares con media removible" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" "Habilidad de expulsar un medio y la habilidad de montar otros sistemas de" " archivos internamente." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -79,8 +84,10 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." msgstr "" "En la parte de arriba se puede crear una pestaña nueva en pcmanfm-qt, " "puedes usar el botón con un archivo y un símbolo + en el para abrir una " @@ -91,72 +98,115 @@ msgstr "" "para arriba es para moverse un nivel en el árbol hacia el directorio " "principal." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" "Para conectarse a un servidor remoto, por ejemplo NAS, vaya al menú -> " "Conectar a servidor y autenticar a su almacenamiento remoto. Si usted " @@ -166,78 +216,136 @@ msgstr "" "medio removible presione el botón en la izquierda con una flecha circular" " hacia arriba para expulsar." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -245,168 +353,282 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "Capturas" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 +msgid "" +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "Lubuntu actualmente incluye la version 0.13.0 de pcmanfm-qt." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 #, fuzzy -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" "Para abrir PCManFM en su directorio actual (en terminal), ejecute " "`pcmanfm-qt`." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "Siéntase libre de agregar [sudo] al correr PCManFM-Qt como root." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -459,3 +681,436 @@ msgstr "" #~ "aplicaciones -> Accesorios -> PCManFM-Qt" #~ " File Manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) es " +#~ "una aplicación de organización de " +#~ "archivos en Qt de la versión " +#~ "original desarrollada por Hong Jen Yee" +#~ " de Taiwán la cual está hecha " +#~ "para ser un reemplazo de Nautilus, " +#~ "Konqueror y Thunar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "Capturas" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index aa465775..851981bc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,59 +19,95 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.5 Qlipper" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Qlipper es un gestor de portapapeles que viene incluido por defecto en " "Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "Lubuntu viene con la versión 5.1.1 de Qlipper." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " @@ -84,6 +120,12 @@ msgstr "" "funcionamiento y no ir al menú -> Accesorios -> Qlipper. Para lanzarlo " "desde la línea de comandos ejecute qlipper." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -112,3 +154,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lo que siempre desea que aparezca " #~ "en la lista de qlipper." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 25c65cf6..195e90cb 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,72 +19,81 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.7 Noblenote" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." -msgstr "Noblenote es una aplicación para hacer una nota en tu escritorio." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." -msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 1.0.8 de noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -95,29 +104,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 1.0.8 de noblenote." + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar noblenote, vaya al menú -> Accesorios -> noblenote o ejecute" " noblenote en la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "Noblenote es una aplicación para hacer una nota en tu escritorio." + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index 83e0f5da..81fcaab0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,37 +19,43 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.8 2048-qt" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#, fuzzy +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "2048 es un juego liviano simple y divertido incluido por defecto." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -61,19 +67,25 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" msgstr "" "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.1.6 de 2048-Qt. Para iniciar 2048-Qt desde " "el menú vaya a Juegos -> 2048-Qt o ejecute 2048-qt desde la línea de " "comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -85,3 +97,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ "teclas de flechas para combinar bloques" #~ " con el mismo número." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 6c7e73f3..5c20ce73 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,42 +19,173 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "Capítulo 2.5.1 K3b" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "K3b es el software de grabación de CD o DVD predeterminado en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 18.04.3 de K3b." -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar K3b desde el menú -> sonido y video -> K3b o ejecutar K3b " "desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index 4402485e..e1072fa3 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,83 +19,133 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -149,3 +199,90 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index dcc60aa0..e0e25ad0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -34,93 +34,152 @@ msgstr "" "abrir archivos de audio y video." #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -128,69 +187,391 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -233,3 +614,187 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index fbbbd397..131b4fab 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.5 Video y Sonido" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index afc1f83b..ddd09b01 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 09:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "Capítulo 2 Aplicaciones" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 #, fuzzy -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Este capítulo provee documentación sobre las aplicaciones en Lubuntu " "18.10." diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 63b618c4..13eb6414 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -34,61 +34,121 @@ msgstr "" "muestra como un applet de bandeja en lxqt-panel." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1:4.2.9.6-4 de Fcitx." - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "Uso" +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" "Para usar un teclado virtual, haga clic en el ícono en la bandeja del " "sistema que parece un teclado y alternar el teclado virtual." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" "To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" "To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1:4.2.9.6-4 de Fcitx." + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar el applet fcitx desde el menú -> Herramientas del sistema ->" " fcitx con el ícono con un pingüino con un pincel. Si desea ejecutar el " "applet desde la línea de comandos, ejecute `fcitx`" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index a5e25df3..a6f0063f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,32 +19,35 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1.2 htop" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" "htop es un administrador de tareas de interfaz de texto ncurses que se " "puede controlar con el teclado." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" "Para ver cuánta RAM se está utilizando en su sistema está debajo de mem y" " luego un [número basado en cuántos Gigabytes de memoria. La línea de " @@ -55,11 +58,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" "El promedio de carga muestra que su sistema se ha consumido durante los " "últimos cinco y quince minutos. Por eso hay tres números, consulte " @@ -68,16 +72,15 @@ msgstr "" "computadora." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -88,46 +91,46 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "Captura de pantalla" - #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" @@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "Como iniciar" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar htop desde el menú -> herramientas del sistema -> htop con " @@ -217,3 +220,88 @@ msgstr "" #~ "último, F10 saldrá de htop y lo" #~ " devolverá a una terminal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "Captura de pantalla" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 01930d0a..91ff7a9a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,207 +19,292 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1.3 qterminal" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" -"qterminal es el terminal predeterminado de Lubuntu que también tiene una " -"versión desplegable." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "Lubuntu se envía con la versión 0.9.0 de qterminal." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -300,3 +385,265 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d desde la línea de " #~ "comandos." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "qterminal es el terminal predeterminado " +#~ "de Lubuntu que también tiene una " +#~ "versión desplegable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 6f2da6fb..3ec27115 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -40,64 +40,168 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index ca45a5ad..0d7085b0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -27,72 +27,205 @@ msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "Capítulo 3.16 qps" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "qps un administrador de tareas gráfico incluido con Lubuntu." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1.10.18 de qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1.10.18 de qps." + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar qps, vaya al menú -> Herramientas del sistema -> qps o " "ejecute qps desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 504dfc63..406e68ac 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,79 +19,250 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -107,3 +278,73 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 2215a326..471a7f7f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,13 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1 Herramientas del sistema" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index ebb581c4..ca874115 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,21 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.1 Centro de configuración de LXQt" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -41,7 +42,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -54,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 #, fuzzy -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.1 Centro de configuración de LXQt" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -64,15 +68,41 @@ msgstr "Como lanzar" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar el centro de configuración de LXQt desde el menú -> " "Preferencias -> Configuración de LXQt -> centro de configuración de LXQt " "o ejecute lxqt-config desde la línea de comandos." #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index a0de42b7..a952b264 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,96 +19,130 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -151,3 +185,95 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 0b90c6cd..f36f1f7e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -27,70 +27,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -103,27 +95,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -133,43 +125,57 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -183,3 +189,188 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 74fc21ad..b5aab1cd 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -27,53 +27,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -89,7 +86,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -98,40 +95,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -144,3 +161,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index 8cf9080d..c1280549 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -40,90 +40,113 @@ msgstr "Uso" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +190,124 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 32b7d60a..174517b8 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -38,59 +38,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 msgid "" "You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 msgid "" "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " "shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " "Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +159,66 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index 283e4614..689a795c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,34 +19,26 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -55,33 +47,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -89,29 +93,33 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +151,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index c97100b2..2816038c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,90 +19,112 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -115,3 +137,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 8ece6b8d..93ebdb14 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -27,58 +27,72 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -102,3 +116,53 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index 45c47735..5269153d 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -27,65 +27,82 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -107,3 +124,63 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 1fa7bfe0..e5b68f51 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,94 +19,119 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -155,3 +180,98 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 09854793..ba2a77dc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -27,55 +27,72 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.6 Notificaciones de escritorio" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 0.13.0 de notificaciones de escritorio." -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +122,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 098cbfe6..726308b0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -27,90 +27,112 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -167,3 +189,110 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6a92965c..ad836a46 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -44,34 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -83,3 +94,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index 6134568b..b22f628a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -39,86 +39,107 @@ msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -166,3 +187,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 67792952..b1c5a804 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "Capítulo 4 Instalación, actualización y eliminación de software" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index fe5b1258..a7f0e817 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -28,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -41,310 +43,507 @@ msgstr "Uso" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -384,3 +583,426 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index b9645abf..cdf5fe6a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -29,65 +29,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -124,3 +152,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index 3a3f1676..db88280c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,21 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "Apéndice D Actualización desde versiones anteriores" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" "¡Estamos orgullosos de presentar el lanzamiento altamente esperado de " "Lubuntu 18.10! Esta versión viene con muchos cambios, que probablemente " @@ -45,199 +46,276 @@ msgstr "" "alimentación esté conectada, ya que puede tardar un tiempo y los fallos " "de alimentación inesperados pueden ser desastrosos." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -"Hay dos métodos para actualizar las versiones de Lubuntu. El primero es " -"usar el administrador de actualizaciones desde una interfaz gráfica de " -"usuario. El segundo involucra la línea de comandos y es útil para las " -"actualizaciones del servidor." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" +msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -"Primero, asegúrese de que su sistema esté actualizado iniciando el " -"Actualizador de Software y realizando actualizaciones del sistema:" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." +"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " +"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " +"enter your password." msgstr "" -"Esto se puede hacer haciendo clic en Menú (Alt + F1) -> Herramientas del " -"sistema -> Actualizador de Software." - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." -msgstr "Cuando se le solicite, haga clic en Instalar ahora." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " +"the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." +"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hay dos métodos para actualizar las " +#~ "versiones de Lubuntu. El primero es " +#~ "usar el administrador de actualizaciones " +#~ "desde una interfaz gráfica de usuario." +#~ " El segundo involucra la línea de " +#~ "comandos y es útil para las " +#~ "actualizaciones del servidor." + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Primero, asegúrese de que su sistema " +#~ "esté actualizado iniciando el Actualizador " +#~ "de Software y realizando actualizaciones " +#~ "del sistema:" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esto se puede hacer haciendo clic " +#~ "en Menú (Alt + F1) -> Herramientas" +#~ " del sistema -> Actualizador de " +#~ "Software." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "Cuando se le solicite, haga clic en Instalar ahora." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 -msgid "Upgrading with command line" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " -"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " -"enter your password." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " -"the simplest." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" -#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " -#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index ec87e270..2008334b 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,44 +19,44 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "Apéndice E Sesión en vivo" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Es posible usar Lubuntu sin tener que instalarlo. En una sesión en vivo " "su ordenador está corriendo desde un medio de arranque (USB, CD o DVD). " "Esta sesión también puede ser usada para instalar Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " @@ -64,7 +64,10 @@ msgid "" "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" "Un buen ejemplo en donde puede usar una sesión en vivo es si su ordenador" " se prende pero no arranca, puedes correr la sesión en vivo. Entonces " @@ -74,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "reemplazo para su ordenador. También es libre de probar diferentes cosas " "en una sesión en vivo." -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." @@ -82,6 +85,18 @@ msgstr "" "En una sesión en vivo lo que hagas y no guardes en un medio externo será " "perdido cuando apague su máquina." +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Reasons for using live session: - " #~ "Hardware testing and trouble shooting. -" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index bf279029..88490bf8 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,18 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 17:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto \n" -"Language-Team: Spanish \n" "Language: es\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -33,32 +32,33 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"¡Bienvenido al manual de Lubuntu! ¡Este es el libro de referencia oficial " -"para usar Lubuntu. Este manual cubre muchos temas, como las instrucciones de " -"instalación, las aplicaciones que proporciona Lubuntu y mucho más!" +"¡Bienvenido al manual de Lubuntu! ¡Este es el libro de referencia oficial" +" para usar Lubuntu. Este manual cubre muchos temas, como las " +"instrucciones de instalación, las aplicaciones que proporciona Lubuntu y " +"mucho más!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "¿Qué es Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" -"El objetivo del proyecto es proporcionar una distribución de Linux ligera y " -"funcional basada en una base sólida como una roca de Ubuntu. Lubuntu " -"proporciona una interfaz gráfica de usuario simple pero moderna y potente y " -"viene con una amplia variedad de aplicaciones para que pueda navegar, enviar " -"correos electrónicos, chatear, jugar y ser productivo. Lubuntu era " -"anteriormente una distribución para hardware de gama baja, pero `" -"recientemente la hemos reenfocado ` _." +"El objetivo del proyecto es proporcionar una distribución de Linux ligera" +" y funcional basada en una base sólida como una roca de Ubuntu. Lubuntu " +"proporciona una interfaz gráfica de usuario simple pero moderna y potente" +" y viene con una amplia variedad de aplicaciones para que pueda navegar, " +"enviar correos electrónicos, chatear, jugar y ser productivo. Lubuntu era" +" anteriormente una distribución para hardware de gama baja, pero " +"`recientemente la hemos reenfocado ` _." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -67,39 +67,42 @@ msgid "" "releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " "member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." msgstr "" -"Los miembros del equipo se ocupan de LXQt y otros paquetes que forman parte " -"de Lubuntu en el archivo de Ubuntu, así como los paquetes de LXDE en las " -"versiones de LTS de Lubuntu. Lubuntu recibió reconocimiento oficial como " -"miembro formal de la familia Ubuntu a partir de Lubuntu 11.10." +"Los miembros del equipo se ocupan de LXQt y otros paquetes que forman " +"parte de Lubuntu en el archivo de Ubuntu, así como los paquetes de LXDE " +"en las versiones de LTS de Lubuntu. Lubuntu recibió reconocimiento " +"oficial como miembro formal de la familia Ubuntu a partir de Lubuntu " +"11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Contenido" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Contáctenos" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"¿Tienes preguntas? ¿Quieres involucrarte? Echa un vistazo a nuestro sitio " -"web oficial en `Lubuntu.me ` _, donde puedes encontrar `" -"el blog de Lubuntu ` _, `maneras de obtener en " -"contacto con nosotros `_, y` nuestra instancia " -"de Phabricator `_ donde hacemos la mayor parte " -"del desarrollo de Lubuntu." +"¿Tienes preguntas? ¿Quieres involucrarte? Echa un vistazo a nuestro sitio" +" web oficial en `Lubuntu.me ` _, donde puedes " +"encontrar `el blog de Lubuntu ` _, `maneras de " +"obtener en contacto con nosotros `_, y` " +"nuestra instancia de Phabricator `_ donde " +"hacemos la mayor parte del desarrollo de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "¡Gracias!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "¡Gracias por elegir usar Lubuntu!" @@ -107,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "¡Gracias por elegir usar Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autores" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -115,6 +118,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Traductores" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index d95c36c9..c0bf119b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,67 +28,19 @@ msgstr "Capitolo 1.1 Ottenere l'immagine" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" -"Prima di installare Lubuntu, è necessario recuperare l'immagine corretta." -" Lubuntu fornisce supporto per diversi tipi di CPU e architetture, con " -"una nuova versione ogni sei mesi (supportata per nove mesi) e ogni due " -"anni è una versione di supporto a lungo termine (supportata per tre " -"anni)." #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Architetture" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (comunemente conosciuto come 64-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (comunemente conosciuto come 32-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"L'immagine di amd64 funziona con i processori più moderni. Il modo " -"migliore per determinare se il tuo computer ha un processore amd64 o i386" -" è quello di avviare l'immagine. È l'unico modo con cui sarai in grado di" -" sapere con certezza quale architettura è il tuo computer. I computer " -"amd64 sono retrocompatibili con le immagini i386. Potresti voler usare " -"un'immagine i386 se invece hai un processore amd64 con una quantità di " -"RAM molto bassa." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Questa è l'architettura originale a 32 bit che funzionerà al meglio su " -"computer con quantità di RAM e potenza di elaborazione molto basse." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS vs. rilasci regolari" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -96,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu offre due tipi di versioni. Il rilascio ** Supporto a lungo " "termine** (Long Term Suppor), o ** LTS**, è la versione consigliata per " @@ -111,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizzano l'ambiente desktop ** LXDE **, che è la tradizionale " "esperienza di Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -128,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" " sono in genere gli appassionati e gli utenti un po 'più esperti che " "cercano un'esperienza più fresca." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -140,11 +92,11 @@ msgstr "" " Se non ti senti a tuo agio nel fare ciò, dovresti prendere in " "considerazione l'utilizzo della versione LTS." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Modi di scaricare l'immagine" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -152,15 +104,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ora che hai deciso quale tipologia di architettura e di rilascio hai " "bisogno, è necessario scaricare l'immagine." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Ci sono diversi modi per scaricare l'immagine di Lubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "HTTP download (dal tuo browser web o dal tuo terminale." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -168,11 +120,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (da un client BitTorrent come Transmission, consigliato per " "utenti Windows e macOS)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (dal terminale, consigliato per utenti Linux)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -180,11 +132,12 @@ msgstr "" "Puoi anche scaricare l'immagine tramite Jigdo, ma non lo tratteremo in " "questo manuale." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -194,17 +147,17 @@ msgstr "" "visitare la pagina `cdimage.ubuntu.com " "`_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" "Sotto puoi trovare delle note più dettagliate in merito ad ogni metodo di" " download." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -213,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Non consigliamo l'uso di questo metodo perché è spesso più lento e meno " "efficiente devi altri metodi*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -227,42 +180,30 @@ msgstr "" "`_ che può guidarti " "nella giusta direzione." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -272,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "Invece di scaricare l'immagine da un server, puoi" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -281,15 +222,16 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "I link BitTorrent si possono trovare sulla nostra pagina di Download o su" " cdimage.ubuntu.com, entrambi i link si trovano sopra." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -298,19 +240,19 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -319,22 +261,28 @@ msgstr "" "Linux, puoi trovarlo nella repository di pacchetti della tua " "distribuzione." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Se stai utilizzando Debian o Ubuntu (o una distribuzione basata su questi" " due SO), usa i seguenti comandi in un terminale:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -357,3 +305,121 @@ msgstr "**Ora hai scaricato l'immagine con successo. Continua al Capitolo 1.2.** #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prima di installare Lubuntu, è " +#~ "necessario recuperare l'immagine corretta. " +#~ "Lubuntu fornisce supporto per diversi " +#~ "tipi di CPU e architetture, con " +#~ "una nuova versione ogni sei mesi " +#~ "(supportata per nove mesi) e ogni " +#~ "due anni è una versione di " +#~ "supporto a lungo termine (supportata per" +#~ " tre anni)." + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Architetture" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (comunemente conosciuto come 64-bit)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (comunemente conosciuto come 32-bit)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'immagine di amd64 funziona con i " +#~ "processori più moderni. Il modo migliore" +#~ " per determinare se il tuo computer" +#~ " ha un processore amd64 o i386 " +#~ "è quello di avviare l'immagine. È " +#~ "l'unico modo con cui sarai in " +#~ "grado di sapere con certezza quale " +#~ "architettura è il tuo computer. I " +#~ "computer amd64 sono retrocompatibili con " +#~ "le immagini i386. Potresti voler usare" +#~ " un'immagine i386 se invece hai un" +#~ " processore amd64 con una quantità di" +#~ " RAM molto bassa." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questa è l'architettura originale a 32" +#~ " bit che funzionerà al meglio su " +#~ "computer con quantità di RAM e " +#~ "potenza di elaborazione molto basse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index e53144f5..28c1f8f9 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Capitolo 1: Installando Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Questo capitolo ti mostrerà come installare Lubuntu sul tuo computer." diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 7916e8f7..ee619d2b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,18 +9,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" -"Language-Team: Italian \n" "Language: it\n" +"Language-Team: Italian \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -32,32 +31,32 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"Benvenuti nel manuale di Lubuntu! Questo è il libro di riferimento ufficiale " -"per l'uso di Lubuntu. Questo manuale si occupa di molti argomenti, come le " -"istruzioni di installazione, le applicazioni fornite da Lubuntu e molto " -"altro!" +"Benvenuti nel manuale di Lubuntu! Questo è il libro di riferimento " +"ufficiale per l'uso di Lubuntu. Questo manuale si occupa di molti " +"argomenti, come le istruzioni di installazione, le applicazioni fornite " +"da Lubuntu e molto altro!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "Cos'è Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" "L'obiettivo del progetto è fornire una distribuzione Linux leggera ma " -"funzionale basata su una solida base Ubuntu. Lubuntu offre un'interfaccia " -"utente grafica semplice ma moderna e potente e viene fornito con un'ampia " -"varietà di applicazioni in modo da poter navigare, inviare email, chattare, " -"giocare ed essere produttivi. In passato Lubuntu era una distribuzione per " -"hardware di fascia bassa, ma \"ci siamo recentemente concentrati su " -"` _." +"funzionale basata su una solida base Ubuntu. Lubuntu offre un'interfaccia" +" utente grafica semplice ma moderna e potente e viene fornito con " +"un'ampia varietà di applicazioni in modo da poter navigare, inviare " +"email, chattare, giocare ed essere produttivi. In passato Lubuntu era una" +" distribuzione per hardware di fascia bassa, ma \"ci siamo recentemente " +"concentrati su ` _." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -66,38 +65,41 @@ msgid "" "releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " "member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." msgstr "" -"I membri del team si occupano di LXQt e di altri pacchetti che fanno parte " -"di Lubuntu nell'archivio di Ubuntu, nonché dei pacchetti LXDE nelle versioni " -"LTS di Lubuntu. Lubuntu ha ricevuto il riconoscimento ufficiale come membro " -"formale della famiglia Ubuntu a partire da Lubuntu 11.10." +"I membri del team si occupano di LXQt e di altri pacchetti che fanno " +"parte di Lubuntu nell'archivio di Ubuntu, nonché dei pacchetti LXDE nelle" +" versioni LTS di Lubuntu. Lubuntu ha ricevuto il riconoscimento ufficiale" +" come membro formale della famiglia Ubuntu a partire da Lubuntu 11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Contenuti" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Contattaci" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"Hai domande? Vuoi essere coinvolto? Dai un'occhiata al nostro sito ufficiale " -"su `Lubuntu.me ` _ dove puoi trovare `il blog di Lubuntu " -"` _, `modi per contattarci `_, e` la nostra istanza di Phabricator `" -"_ dove facciamo la maggior parte dello sviluppo di Lubuntu." +"Hai domande? Vuoi essere coinvolto? Dai un'occhiata al nostro sito " +"ufficiale su `Lubuntu.me ` _ dove puoi trovare `il " +"blog di Lubuntu ` _, `modi per contattarci " +" `_, e` la nostra istanza di Phabricator " +" `_ dove facciamo la maggior parte dello " +"sviluppo di Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "Grazie!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "Grazie per aver scelto Lubuntu!" @@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "Grazie per aver scelto Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autori" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -113,6 +115,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Traduttori" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 4b9e1600..dc05a82c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" -"Language-Team: Dutch \n" "Language: nl\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1.2 de image opstarten" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -31,129 +31,203 @@ msgid "" "Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " "device and boot the image for installation." msgstr "" -"Nu je het ISO bestand hebt, moet je het bestand op een media apparaat zetten " -"en hem opstarten voor installatie." +"Nu je het ISO bestand hebt, moet je het bestand op een media apparaat " +"zetten en hem opstarten voor installatie." #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Hiervoor is alleen aanvullend onderzoek nodig, omdat dit afhankelijk is " -"van uw hardware.**" +"**Hiervoor is alleen aanvullend onderzoek nodig, omdat dit afhankelijk is" +" van uw hardware.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Kies de media" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -"Om het bestand op te starten, moet je hem ergens op weg schrijven. Je hebt " -"drie keuzes, afhankelijk van welk bestand je hebt gedownload:" +"Om het bestand op te starten, moet je hem ergens op weg schrijven. Je " +"hebt drie keuzes, afhankelijk van welk bestand je hebt gedownload:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "een DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "een USB stick (2 GB of groter)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "schrijven/branden van het bestand" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "Hier zijn een aantal tools om het bestand op CDs/DVDs te branden:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" +msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1.2 de image opstarten" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 3718b461..41e20b7d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1: Lubuntu installeren" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Dit hoofdstuk laat zien hoe je Lubuntu op je computer moet installeren." diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index f39f01a4..261ab1ae 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,18 +9,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" -"Language-Team: Dutch \n" "Language: nl\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -32,31 +31,32 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"Welkom in de Lubuntu handleiding! Dit is het officiële referentie boek voor " -"het gebruik van Lubuntu. Deze handleiding behandeld meerdere onderwerpen, " -"zoals installatie instructies, appliecaties in Lubuntu, en nog veel meer!" +"Welkom in de Lubuntu handleiding! Dit is het officiële referentie boek " +"voor het gebruik van Lubuntu. Deze handleiding behandeld meerdere " +"onderwerpen, zoals installatie instructies, appliecaties in Lubuntu, en " +"nog veel meer!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "Wat is Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" "Het doel van het project is het leveren van een lichtgewicht maar toch " -"functionerende Linux distributie gebazeerd op Ubuntu base. Lubuntu levert " -"een simpele maar krachtige grafische gebruikers interface, en komt met een " -"groot scala aan appliecaties zodat je kan browsen, emailen, chatten en " -"productief bezig zijn. 'Vroeger was Lubuntu een distributie voor low-end " -"hardware, we hebben nu ons doel verlegd `_." +"functionerende Linux distributie gebazeerd op Ubuntu base. Lubuntu levert" +" een simpele maar krachtige grafische gebruikers interface, en komt met " +"een groot scala aan appliecaties zodat je kan browsen, emailen, chatten " +"en productief bezig zijn. 'Vroeger was Lubuntu een distributie voor low-" +"end hardware, we hebben nu ons doel verlegd `_." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -67,36 +67,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De teamleden zorgen voor LXQt en andere pakketjes die deel uit maken van " "Lubuntu in het Ubuntu argief, even min als het LXDE pakket in de LTS " -"uitgaven van Lubuntu. Lubuntu kreeg officiële erkenning als formeel lid van " -"de Ubuntu-familie, beginnend met Lubuntu 11.10." +"uitgaven van Lubuntu. Lubuntu kreeg officiële erkenning als formeel lid " +"van de Ubuntu-familie, beginnend met Lubuntu 11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Inhoud" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Neem contact op" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"Heeft u vragen? Wil je meedoen? Neem een kijkje op onze officiële website op " -"'Lubuntu.me `_ waar` de Lubuntu-blog `_,` manieren te vinden zijn in contact met ons `_, en` ons Phabricator-exemplaar `_ " -"waar we het grootste deel van de ontwikkeling van Lubuntu doen." +"Heeft u vragen? Wil je meedoen? Neem een kijkje op onze officiële website" +" op 'Lubuntu.me `_ waar` de Lubuntu-blog " +" `_,` manieren te vinden zijn in contact met " +"ons `_, en` ons Phabricator-exemplaar " +" `_ waar we het grootste deel van de " +"ontwikkeling van Lubuntu doen." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "Bedankt!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "Bedankt voor het kiezen van Lubuntu!" @@ -104,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "Bedankt voor het kiezen van Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Auteurs" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -112,6 +115,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Vertalers" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index f2c056e4..72e0a3c6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Максим Якимчук \n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Глава 1: Встановлення Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "У цьому розділі показано, як встановити Lubuntu на ваш комп'ютер." diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 9b01a274..b4b3dee5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,19 +9,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Максим Якимчук \n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "Language: uk\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " +"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=" -"4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -45,8 +44,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -61,24 +59,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -94,6 +93,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cda0b430 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 +msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " +"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " +"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" +" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " +"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " +"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " +"**regular releases**. These releases, while they are considered stable, " +"are testing grounds for major, new features which will be rolled into the" +" LTS release. Users of the regular releases are typically enthusiasts and" +" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " +"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " +"not comfortable doing this, you should consider using the LTS release " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Ways to download the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " +"made, you will need to download the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 +msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 +msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "" +"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " +"for Windows and macOS users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 +msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " +"this manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +msgid "" +"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " +"which has the files listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " +"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" +" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " +"helpful page on the Ubuntu Community Help wiki " +"`_ that can guide you " +"in the right direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " +"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " +"massive frustration and a failed install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 +msgid "" +"and then carefully check that the output matches " +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 +msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" +" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" +" often faster and saves the bandwidth of the Ubuntu cdimage servers. If " +"you would like to learn more about BitTorrent, take a look at `the " +"Wikipedia page on the subject " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " +"`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " +"client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we " +"recommend `qbittorrent `_ for " +"Windows users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " +"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " +"that you leave your BitTorrent client open so you can seed this image for" +" other people, which helps reduce bandwidth costs even further by " +"decentralizing the download location for other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 +msgid "" +"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " +"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" +" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " +"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " +"distributions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " +"Chapter 1.2.**" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35a4eda4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " +"device and boot the image for installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" +" on your hardware.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 +msgid "Choosing the media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 +msgid "a DVD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 +msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 +msgid "`Brasero `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 +msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "InfraRecorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" +" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +msgid "" +"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " +"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " +"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 +msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd2dee9b --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 +msgid "Starting the installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 +msgid "Selecting Your location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 +msgid "Selecting Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" +" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 +msgid "Setting up partitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so " +"please backup beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +msgid "Manual partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " +"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " +"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " +"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea4e13d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29cf1bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:5 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Firefox is a highly-rated, and secure web browser that is installed by " +"default in Ubuntu. It is a decent choice if one wants a secure, fast, yet" +" relatively less resource-heavy browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:18 +msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 +msgid "Tabbed browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 +msgid "Scroll through tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:12 +msgid "Great plugins and add-ons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:13 +msgid "Favorites, bookmarks, pocket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:14 +msgid "Firefox account sync" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:15 +msgid "Master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:16 +msgid "UI customization with themes and toolbars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:17 +msgid "Advanced customization with about:config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:18 +msgid "Open source" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" +" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " +"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " +"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 +msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " +":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" +" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " +"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " +"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " +"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " +"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " +"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " +"type and run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2ee2c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " +"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." +" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" +" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " +"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " +"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " +"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " +":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " +"torrent from the list right click Delete files and remove or press " +":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by" +" Progress`. To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort" +" by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to" +" finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To " +"reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd425875 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 +msgid "SASL authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:9 +msgid "Notifications, including sounds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:10 +msgid "Aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 +msgid "Ignore lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " +"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." +" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " +"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " +":kbd:`Meta +A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" +" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" +" close button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " +"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " +"on the lists of nicks and the :guilabel:`Choose` button lets you choose " +"the font you want. The :guilabel:`Display topic in tooltip` shows the " +"channel topic in a tooltip if you move the mouse over it. If you want to " +"be able to switch channels from the mouse wheel check the " +":guilabel:`Mouse wheel changes selected chat` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Use Custom Colors` enables the settings for different colors " +"for the different channels. The buttons next to :guilabel:`Standard`, " +":guilabel:`Inactive`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, or :guilabel:`Other " +"activity` all change what color the channel appears when you are in a " +"list of channels. The :guilabel:`Custom Nick List colors` checkbox lets " +"you change the color of nicks in the list. The :guilabel:`Online` button " +"changes the color of nicks of online users. The :guilabel:`Away` button " +"changes the color of nicks of Away users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " +":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" +" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of " +"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " +"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " +"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffc3794c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 +msgid "Sending files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f159c090 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:4 +msgid "Trojita is the default IMAP email client of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " +"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " +":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 +msgid "" +"After entering this in you will be asked to check the certificate for " +"your server and will need to select the :guilabel:`yes` for the first " +"time. If you did not insert your password to be stored on your computer a" +" dialog box will popup and you will need to input it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After you have set everything up a set of folders will appear on the left" +" hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " +"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" +" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " +"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " +"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " +"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" +" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " +"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " +"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " +"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " +"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." +" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" +" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" +" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " +"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " +"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " +"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " +"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " +"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " +"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" +" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" +" dialog to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d21ba4e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..176ed5c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " +"want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " +"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f009917c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" +" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" +" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " +"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " +"yourself room." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " +"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " +"reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort " +"Descending`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " +"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" +" :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the " +"left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" +" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Select --> Select Column`. To select an entire row press :kbd:`Shift " +"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " +"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92192222 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 +msgid "Features include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 +msgid "Built in themes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 +msgid "Spell check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 +msgid "PDF export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" +" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" +" file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view " +"your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " +"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" +" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" +" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " +"To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of" +" a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert " +"--> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " +"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +"Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press " +":kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To " +"underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" +" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " +"+ Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To " +"make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" +" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " +":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " +"press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " +"select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + " +"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " +"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned " +"to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align " +"--> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or " +":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " +"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " +"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " +":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " +":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" +" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " +"your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects " +"with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the " +":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the " +":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the " +":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` " +"changes how much to scale the width of the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " +"increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between" +" paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph " +"Spacing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " +"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " +"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " +"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " +"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " +"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " +"drag to resize to the desired size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " +"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " +"slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To" +" move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to " +"end`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" +" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " +"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " +"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ecb053a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" +" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" +" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Cut`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " +":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and" +" other operators. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Symbols`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebc2d913 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 +msgid "No ribbon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 +msgid "One button PDF export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 +msgid "Many file formats to output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 +msgid "Wordcount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " +"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " +"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " +":kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu " +":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" +" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " +"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " +"menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " +"font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " +"from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text " +"with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press " +":kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks " +"like *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep " +"typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text " +"and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that " +"is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to " +"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " +"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " +"select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + " +"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " +"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" +" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" +" button that looks like a T with a box around it or " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press " +":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " +"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" +" insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " +"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " +"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " +"which steps to undo and redo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " +"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to change your line spacing of your document " +":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " +"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " +"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" +" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" +" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"document left click on the body of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " +":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " +":menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar " +":menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a " +"horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal " +"Scroll bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To bring up a window with properties of your document " +":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47ad66e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 +msgid "Presentation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 +msgid "Rotating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 +msgid "Printing support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " +":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" +" Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " +"just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " +"right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " +"right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " +"text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " +"text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +msgid "" +"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " +"in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +"the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " +"+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " +"press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" +" advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " +"or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " +"press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " +"with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " +"mousewheel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " +"bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " +":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " +"give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" +" this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +"shift+ B`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " +"file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" +" tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " +"many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " +":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " +"background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" +" run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b43bb8f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " +"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e9df594 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the picture entirely at its original size press " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " +"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" +" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " +"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bdb7e1e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" +" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " +"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " +":guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" +" :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " +"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " +"change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select " +"the dots per inch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" +" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " +"clear selections that can be automatically selected but canceled with a " +"brown smudge with an x on it. If you want to zoom to your selection right" +" click :guilabel:`Zoom to selection`. If you want to zoom to fit the " +"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"computer. To launch the application go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeaafd20 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca824f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 +msgid "" +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 +msgid "Supported file formats include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:8 +msgid "7 zip archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 +msgid "Java Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 +msgid "Tar Archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 +msgid "Zip Archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " +":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " +"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " +"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " +"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 +msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 +msgid "" +"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " +"zipper." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe8e89d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +msgid "It supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 +msgid "Syntax highlighting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 +msgid "Autoindent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 +msgid "Autobracket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 +msgid "Line numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 +msgid "Search with find/replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +msgid "Undo and redo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " +"extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " +"paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " +"to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " +"the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " +":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" +" + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " +"replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +"bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " +"next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " +"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " +"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " +":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " +"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " +"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " +"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " +"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " +"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f566e7ab --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 +msgid "Trigonometric functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 +msgid "Factorials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 +msgid "Memory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 +msgid "Copy and paste" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " +":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " +"looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " +"radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " +"the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " +"reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " +"entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would " +"multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 +msgid "Numerical System mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." +" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " +"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " +"change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" +" the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " +"select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccfd9b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " +"with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " +"+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " +"pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " +"moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is " +":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " +"way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " +"of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To view a directory tree on your side pane select " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +"click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " +"multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " +":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" +" will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " +"desktop item on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" +" bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" +" deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." +" If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " +"size the time it is modified select detailed list view by " +":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" +" to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " +":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +"Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " +":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" +" menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 +msgid "" +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " +"thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " +"show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +"checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " +"the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " +"thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 +msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 +msgid "" +"You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2db2801 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " +"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Accessories --> Qlipper`. To launch it from the command " +"line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21108ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4393702f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " +"number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd553948 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4 Accessories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents accessories on your system and the one game " +"2048-qt." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..409d24dc --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08070162 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " +"ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " +"each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " +"playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " +"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " +"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" +" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..078e3c66 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:4 +msgid "" +"VLC is the default media player for Lubuntu that can open both audio and " +"video files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open media stored locally on your system click media open " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " +"press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " +"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " +"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " +"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " +":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " +"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " +"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " +"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" +" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " +"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " +"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " +"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " +"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " +"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " +"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " +"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " +"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" +" pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " +"left. To randomize your playlist press the button with two crossing " +"arrows on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " +"slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " +"Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " +":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +"or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 +msgid "" +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " +"media player` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5137b8a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " +"volume and outputs." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7748217 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f091ccd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Fcitx is the default input manager for Lubuntu and shows as a tray applet" +" in lxqt-panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " +":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " +"icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6477db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 +msgid "" +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 +msgid "" +"After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " +"Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " +"is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " +"the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To select the process below the currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +"Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " +"currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." +" To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " +":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " +":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" +" your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " +":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 +msgid "" +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " +":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " +"htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of htop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:33 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " +"the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:40 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f53d9a1d --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 +msgid "" +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " +"Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " +"left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " +":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " +":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " +"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " +"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " +"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " +"to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " +"the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " +"shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " +"double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c047cacd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..185aeb65 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to connect to a network on nm-tray left click the icon in " +"the system tray. If you have a wired connection with DHCP it should " +"connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " +"under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " +"left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " +"then enter the password for the wifi." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 +msgid "" +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To view your own networking information right click the applet " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " +"show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " +"field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 +msgid "" +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e0217f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" +" bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 +msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f7182f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 +msgid "" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " +"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " +"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd9ff7f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 +msgid "LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Modifying the wrong system configuration files with adminstrator " +"privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable " +"to login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:26 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " +"administrative privileges use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf6d9330 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16c16700 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 +msgid "" +"LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " +"this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " +"the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:15 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffadadd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" +" on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " +"resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " +"to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " +"that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 +msgid "Multimonitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..396595f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " +"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." +" The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " +"windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as " +"if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new " +"Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under" +" the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are " +"placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down " +"menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to " +"place new windows on multimonitor layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " +"past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " +"switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " +"automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " +"check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " +"them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you " +"move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it" +" check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " +"moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " +"pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +" arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " +"number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " +":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " +"margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c15159a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 +msgid "" +"LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " +"power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " +"what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " +"provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop " +"lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer" +" when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the " +"laptop lid is closed and of course unchecking means it won't take any " +"action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when" +" your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On " +"AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it " +"is plugged into power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " +"different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " +"plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and " +":guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged " +"into an external monitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " +"you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..765398ce --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" +" and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " +"autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " +"like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " +"various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " +"environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " +"provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " +"relate to hidpi support see ``_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8455e9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"shortcuts for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The keyboard shortcuts are also managed by Openbox. Refer to Appendix F " +"for more detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..904bbffd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " +"account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +"Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " +"will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " +"users permission click account type and enter your password and select " +"desktop user to not give permission to change the system or admin to " +"change system settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " +"properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " +":guilabel:`Group ID` shows the numeric group id of the group in the name " +"field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " +"could break your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8096fca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " +"enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +" to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To have your settings applied you will need to press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42d7c28f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " +"programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To show a search for the different application groups press the button " +"that looks like a magnifying glass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b3f3ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" +" left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"Printers` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3177aad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " +"and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " +":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" +" that comes with the LXQt theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " +"that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +"down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +" change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4236a1e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" +" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " +"screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " +"launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"Screensaver` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4644223a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " +"window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..592905f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " +"or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b549de85 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " +"your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " +"your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " +"path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " +"desktop button to launch it or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ecd413a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50b04a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84365425 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " +"cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " +"theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" +" to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " +"longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +"repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " +"right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " +"layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " +"keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " +"buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " +"the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b679193 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Locale changes your locale which changes your language and how things are" +" translated on your desktop environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" +" and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" +" through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " +"units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1f70598 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..918f1511 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34e1e8eb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " +"the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +"Discover` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f166e8c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To update your packages press the gear button with a clockwise pointed " +"arrow. If updates are available press the upward pointing arrow with a " +"dot on top to install the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +"right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " +"install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" +" the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" +" package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " +":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" +" previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " +"description of the package you are currently selected. The " +":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " +"what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " +"you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" +" view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " +"that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " +"divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" +"(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" +" removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " +"Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " +"Changes` button to apply changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " +"brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fdc7332 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"releases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 +msgid "Changing download server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " +"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " +"developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " +"urge you to enable this feature but it is disabled by default as Lubuntu " +"has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 +msgid "" +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " +"security," +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3a844a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0f707a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 +msgid "" +"LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " +"programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " +"these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " +"you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " +"desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " +"your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " +"like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " +"applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 +msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +msgid "Color Picker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +msgid "Sensors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 +msgid "Spacer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " +"configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " +"the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " +"the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " +"only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " +":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " +"changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " +"useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " +":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +"interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 +msgid "" +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"it, run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a13c697 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and " +"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " +"desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " +"want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" +" the application menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " +"from the File manager onto the desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2b601f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " +"the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " +":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " +"shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " +"keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce3d01a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " +"interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 +msgid "Using the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " +"controls of the window. Starting from left to right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " +"mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 +msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 +msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " +"Shift+Tab`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 +msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " +"arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" +" + Left Arrow`. To Do this with a combination of mouse wheel and keyboard" +" :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c55f51b --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ab0e72a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b279f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " +"for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " +"to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" +" if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " +"packages website `_ from whatever kind of " +"computer you are on. On the command line you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b018fe50 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix C Command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " +"alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " +"involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 +msgid "" +"An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " +"to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " +"explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 +msgid "will make a much nicer output than" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To list files on the current file system one of the most important " +"commands to know is ls." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 +msgid "" +"will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" +" options such as viewing all files or long listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 +msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 +msgid "" +"where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" +" useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 +msgid "" +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e27b29c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +msgid "Upgrading with command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " +"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " +"enter your password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " +"the simplest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..242e31c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix E Live Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " +"session can also be used to install Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 +msgid "Reasons for using live session:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +msgid "OS testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +msgid "Fixing broken installs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 +msgid "Backing up files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " +"turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " +"mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " +"hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " +"then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" +" drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9233205 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Hotkeys, also known as keyboard shortcuts, allow users to easily " +"navigate, start applications, and change settings like resize windows. " +"These are useful as they create a smooth and time efficient user " +"experience. It would benefit users to take a few minutes to learn some of" +" these shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" +" Global Keys and Openbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:10 +msgid "Global-keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"3.2.14)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 +msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " +"in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " +"example if the W(indows) key opens the LXQT application menu (equivilant " +"of the windows start menu) in Global-keys, Openbox commands like window " +"resizing (W + arrow keys) will not work correctly. Keep this in mind when" +" using and editing keyboard shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 +msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 +msgid "**Modifier keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 +msgid "Key description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 +msgid "S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 +msgid "Shift key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 +msgid "C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 +msgid "Control key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +msgid "A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +msgid "Alt key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +msgid "W" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +msgid "M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +msgid "Meta key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +msgid "H" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 +msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "C-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "C-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +msgid "C-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "C-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "S-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "S-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +msgid "S-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "S-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "W-F1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "W-F2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "W-F3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "W-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "W-D" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 +msgid "**Keybindings for windows**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "A-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "Lower (minimise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "A-Escape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "ShowMenu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "A-space" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "NextWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +msgid "A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "PreviousWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "A-S-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "C-A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +msgid "W-S-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +msgid "W-S-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +msgid "W-S-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "W-S-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a9e4f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 +msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "C-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "C-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +msgid "C-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "C-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "S-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "S-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +msgid "S-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "S-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "W-F1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "W-F2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "W-F3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "W-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "W-D" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 +msgid "**Keybindings for windows**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "A-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "Lower (minimise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "A-Escape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "ShowMenu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "A-space" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "NextWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +msgid "A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "PreviousWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "A-S-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "C-A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +msgid "W-S-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +msgid "W-S-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +msgid "W-S-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "W-S-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10963986 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:2 +msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual! This is the official reference book for " +"using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " +"instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:7 +msgid "What is Lubuntu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " +"distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +" but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " +"variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " +"productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" +" `we have refocused `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Members of the team take care of LXQt and other packages that are part of" +" Lubuntu in the Ubuntu archive, as well as the LXDE packages in the LTS " +"releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " +"member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:14 +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +msgid "Contact Us" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " +"website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +msgid "Thank you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 +msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst +msgid "Authors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 +msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst +msgid "Translators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 +msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" +